1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000,01,02,03,04
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
60 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
67 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
68 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
71 #include "character.h"
75 #include "dispextern.h"
77 #include "termhooks.h"
85 #include "intervals.h"
91 #include <X11/Shell.h>
94 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
106 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
107 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
110 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
112 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
113 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
118 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
120 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
121 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
123 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
125 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
126 #if defined USE_MOTIF
127 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
128 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
129 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
132 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
133 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
134 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
135 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
136 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
137 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
138 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
139 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
140 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
142 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
143 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
144 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
145 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
147 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
149 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
150 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
151 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
156 #ifndef XtNinitialState
157 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
161 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
163 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
167 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
172 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
174 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
176 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
179 static int any_help_event_p
;
181 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
182 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
184 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
186 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
188 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
191 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
193 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
194 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
195 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
196 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
198 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
200 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
201 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
202 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
203 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
205 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
207 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
209 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
212 /* The application context for Xt use. */
213 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
214 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
215 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
217 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
219 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
221 /* Non-zero means to not move point as a result of clicking on a
222 frame to focus it (when focus-follows-mouse is nil). */
224 int x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
;
226 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
227 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
228 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
230 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
234 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
235 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
236 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
237 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
239 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
241 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
242 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
243 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
244 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
245 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
246 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
247 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
248 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
249 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
252 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
254 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
255 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
257 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
259 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
260 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
263 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
264 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
267 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
269 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
270 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
271 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
272 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
273 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
274 it's somewhat accurate. */
276 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
278 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
282 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
284 static int input_signal_count
;
287 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
289 static int x_noop_count
;
291 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
293 extern char **initial_argv
;
294 extern int initial_argc
;
296 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
298 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
300 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
302 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
306 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
308 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
310 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
312 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
313 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
314 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
316 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
317 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
319 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
320 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
322 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
323 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
324 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
325 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
326 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
327 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
329 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
330 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
331 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
332 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
335 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
336 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
337 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
338 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
339 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
340 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
341 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
342 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
343 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
344 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
346 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
347 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
348 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
349 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
350 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
351 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
352 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
353 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
354 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
355 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
356 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
357 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
358 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
359 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
361 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, GC
));
362 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
363 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
364 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
365 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
366 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
367 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
368 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
369 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
371 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
372 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
373 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
374 int *, struct input_event
*));
377 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
386 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
387 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
388 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
390 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
391 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
396 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
397 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
398 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
399 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
400 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
403 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
406 /***********************************************************************
408 ***********************************************************************/
412 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
413 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
421 struct record event_record
[100];
423 int event_record_index
;
425 record_event (locus
, type
)
429 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
430 event_record_index
= 0;
432 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
433 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
434 event_record_index
++;
441 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
443 struct x_display_info
*
444 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
447 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
449 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
450 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
458 /***********************************************************************
459 Starting and ending an update
460 ***********************************************************************/
462 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
463 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
464 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
465 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
466 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
476 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
477 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
481 x_update_window_begin (w
)
484 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
485 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
488 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
492 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
494 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
495 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
497 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
499 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
500 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
502 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
503 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
504 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
505 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
506 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
507 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
509 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
510 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
511 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
512 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
513 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
514 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
515 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
519 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
520 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
523 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
524 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
533 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
536 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
540 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
542 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
543 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
546 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
548 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
549 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
551 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
552 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
553 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
555 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
556 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
560 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
562 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
564 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
566 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
571 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
573 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
575 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
577 draw_window_fringes (w
);
582 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
583 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
584 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
586 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
587 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
588 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
591 updated_window
= NULL
;
595 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
602 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
603 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
607 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
613 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
614 complete update has been performed. The global variable
615 updated_window is not available here. */
618 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
623 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
625 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
626 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
629 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
630 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
631 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
632 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
633 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
640 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
641 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
642 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
643 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
644 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
645 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
648 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
649 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
651 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
657 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
658 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
660 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
661 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
662 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
663 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
664 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
665 overhead is very small. */
666 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
667 && desired_row
->full_width_p
668 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
669 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
671 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
674 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
676 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
677 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
678 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
682 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
683 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
684 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
685 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
686 y
, width
, height
, False
);
692 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
694 struct glyph_row
*row
;
695 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
697 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
698 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
699 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
700 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
701 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
704 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
705 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
708 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
711 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
712 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
713 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
714 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
716 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
719 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
721 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
723 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
724 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
725 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
726 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
728 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
730 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
732 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
733 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
736 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
742 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
743 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
747 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
749 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
751 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
753 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
755 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
756 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
758 face
->background
, depth
);
762 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
763 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
766 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
767 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
768 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
769 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
772 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
773 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
774 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
778 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
779 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
780 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
784 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
789 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
790 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
791 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
795 XTset_terminal_modes ()
799 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
800 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
803 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
809 /***********************************************************************
811 ***********************************************************************/
813 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
815 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*,
816 struct charset
*, int *));
819 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
820 is not contained in the font. */
823 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
826 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
828 /* The result metric information. */
829 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
831 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
833 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
835 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
837 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
838 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
839 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
840 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
841 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
842 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
843 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
844 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
845 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
846 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
850 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
851 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
852 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
853 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
855 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
856 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
860 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
862 \ = integer modulus */
863 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
864 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
865 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
866 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
868 pcm
= (font
->per_char
869 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
870 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
871 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
877 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
878 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
879 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
880 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
881 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
882 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
886 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
891 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
892 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
895 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, charset
, two_byte_p
)
898 struct font_info
*font_info
;
899 struct charset
*charset
;
902 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
904 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
905 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
907 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
909 /* It's a program. */
910 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
912 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
914 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
915 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
920 ccl
->reg
[0] = CHARSET_ID (charset
);
921 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
922 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
925 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, Qnil
);
927 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
929 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
930 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, 0, ccl
->reg
[1]);
932 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
, ccl
->reg
[1], ccl
->reg
[2]);
934 else if (font_info
->encoding_type
)
936 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
938 unsigned char enc
= font_info
->encoding_type
;
940 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
941 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
942 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
944 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
945 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
949 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
951 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
956 /***********************************************************************
958 ***********************************************************************/
962 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
963 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
964 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
966 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
971 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
972 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
973 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
974 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
975 unsigned long *, double, int));
976 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
977 double, int, unsigned long));
978 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
979 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
980 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
981 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
982 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
983 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
985 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
986 int, int, int, int, int, int,
988 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
989 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
992 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
996 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1001 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1003 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1004 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1005 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1007 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1010 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1014 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1015 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1017 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1018 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1019 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1020 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1021 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1022 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1023 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1025 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1026 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1027 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1029 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1030 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1033 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1034 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1035 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1036 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1038 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1039 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1042 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1043 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1045 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1050 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1053 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1054 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1059 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1060 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1061 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1063 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1065 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1066 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1068 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1069 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1070 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1072 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1073 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1074 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1077 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1082 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1083 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1084 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1085 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1086 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1087 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1089 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1090 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1093 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1094 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1096 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1099 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1103 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1104 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1105 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1108 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1109 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1111 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1115 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1116 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1120 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1121 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1123 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1125 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1127 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1128 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1130 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1132 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1133 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1135 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1137 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1140 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1142 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1143 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1145 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1146 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1148 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1149 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1153 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1154 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1157 /* GC must have been set. */
1158 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1162 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1163 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1166 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1167 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1170 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1171 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1176 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1179 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1180 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1183 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1186 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1187 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1188 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1189 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1190 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1194 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1195 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1200 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1203 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1204 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1208 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1209 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1210 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1211 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1215 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1216 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1217 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1218 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1219 contains the first component of a composition. */
1222 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1223 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1226 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1227 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1228 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1230 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1234 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1235 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1236 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1237 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1238 s
->background_width
,
1239 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1240 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1241 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1243 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1244 || s
->font_not_found_p
1245 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1248 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1249 s
->background_width
,
1250 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1251 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1257 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1260 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1261 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1265 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1266 of S to the right of that box line. */
1267 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1268 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1269 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1273 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1275 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1277 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1279 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1280 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1281 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1283 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1288 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1289 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1291 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1292 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1294 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1296 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1297 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1299 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1300 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1301 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1302 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1303 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1304 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1305 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1307 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1309 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1310 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1312 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1313 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1318 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1319 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1321 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1322 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1325 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1327 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1328 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1330 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1331 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1333 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1334 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1339 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1342 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1343 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1347 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1348 of S to the right of that box line. */
1349 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1350 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1351 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1355 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1356 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1357 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1358 this composition. */
1360 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1361 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1362 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1365 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1366 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1370 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1372 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1373 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1374 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1376 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1377 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1378 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1379 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1386 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1388 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1389 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1390 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1391 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1392 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1395 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1396 cannot be determined. */
1398 static struct frame
*
1399 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1402 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1406 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1408 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1409 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1410 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1411 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1412 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1413 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1415 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1416 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1417 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1418 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1419 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1420 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1421 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1422 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1429 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1430 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1431 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1432 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1435 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1440 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1441 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1445 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1446 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1447 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1448 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1449 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1450 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1453 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1457 unsigned long *pixel
;
1461 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1462 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1466 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1467 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1469 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1471 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1473 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1478 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1479 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1481 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1484 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1486 DPY is the display we are working on.
1488 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1489 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1490 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1491 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1493 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1494 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1496 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1497 we allocated the color or not.
1499 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1502 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1506 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1507 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1517 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1518 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1520 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1524 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1525 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1526 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1528 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1530 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1531 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1533 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1535 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1536 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1538 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1539 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1541 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1542 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1547 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1549 params
[0] = color_name
;
1550 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1551 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1552 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1557 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1559 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1561 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1565 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1569 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1570 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1573 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1578 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1579 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1580 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1582 APP is the application context in which we work.
1584 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1585 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1586 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1588 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1591 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1600 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1602 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1605 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1607 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1608 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1609 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1610 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1611 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1616 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1619 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1620 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1621 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1622 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1624 static const XColor
*
1625 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1629 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1631 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1633 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1636 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1637 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1638 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1639 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1640 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1642 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1643 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1645 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1646 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1649 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1650 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1654 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1655 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1658 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1663 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1665 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1668 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1670 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1671 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1672 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1673 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1677 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1681 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1682 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1685 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1689 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1693 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1694 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1695 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1699 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1706 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1709 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1710 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1711 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1712 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1714 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1716 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1718 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1720 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1721 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1722 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1723 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1725 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1728 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1732 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1733 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1734 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1735 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1739 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1740 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1741 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1742 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1743 XColor
*cached_color
;
1745 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1746 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1747 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1748 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1749 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1751 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1752 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1753 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1757 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1759 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1760 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1766 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1767 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1768 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1772 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1777 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1778 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1782 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1783 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1784 get color reference counts right. */
1787 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1789 unsigned long pixel
;
1793 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1795 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1796 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1798 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1799 register_color (pixel
);
1805 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1806 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1807 get color reference counts right. */
1810 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1813 unsigned long pixel
;
1817 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1819 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1820 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1822 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1823 register_color (pixel
);
1829 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1832 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1833 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1834 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1835 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1836 use an additional additive factor.
1838 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1839 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1840 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1843 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1844 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1845 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1846 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1847 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1848 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1851 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1855 unsigned long *pixel
;
1863 /* Get RGB color values. */
1864 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1865 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1867 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1868 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1869 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1870 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1871 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1873 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1874 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1876 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1877 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1878 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1879 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1880 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1882 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1883 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1884 /* The additive adjustment. */
1885 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1889 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1890 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1891 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1895 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1896 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1897 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1901 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1902 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1905 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1907 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1908 delta to the RGB values. */
1909 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1911 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1912 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1913 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1914 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1925 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1926 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1927 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1928 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1929 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1930 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1933 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1935 struct relief
*relief
;
1938 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1941 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1942 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1943 unsigned long pixel
;
1944 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1945 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1946 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1947 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1949 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1950 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1952 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1953 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1954 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1956 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1958 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1959 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1962 /* Allocate new color. */
1963 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1965 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1966 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1968 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1969 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1972 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1974 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1976 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1979 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1983 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1986 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1987 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1989 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1990 unsigned long color
;
1992 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1993 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1994 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1996 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1997 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2002 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2003 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2004 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2007 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2008 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2010 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2011 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2012 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2013 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2014 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2019 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2020 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2021 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2022 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2023 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2024 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2028 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2029 raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2031 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
;
2032 int top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2033 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2035 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2036 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2041 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2043 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2044 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2048 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2049 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2050 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2051 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2055 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2056 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2057 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2059 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2061 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2063 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2064 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2068 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2069 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2070 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2071 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2075 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2076 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2077 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2079 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2083 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2084 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2085 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2086 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2087 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2088 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2091 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2092 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2093 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2094 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2095 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2099 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2100 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2101 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2104 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2105 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2109 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2110 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2113 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2114 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2118 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2119 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2121 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2122 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2126 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2129 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2130 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2132 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2133 int left_p
, right_p
;
2134 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2135 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2137 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2138 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2139 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2141 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2142 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2143 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2144 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2147 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2148 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2150 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2152 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2153 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2155 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2157 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2159 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2161 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2162 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2164 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2165 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2166 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2168 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2170 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2172 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2173 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2174 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2177 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2178 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2179 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2184 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2187 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2188 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2191 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2193 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2194 right of that line. */
2195 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2196 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2198 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2200 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2202 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2203 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2204 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2205 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2211 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2212 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2213 trust on the shape extension to be available
2214 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2216 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2219 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2221 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2222 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2223 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2224 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2225 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2227 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2230 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2231 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2232 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2233 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2234 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2235 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2239 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2241 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2244 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2245 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2246 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2247 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2248 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2249 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2251 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2252 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2253 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2254 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2255 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2256 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2257 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2259 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2261 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2263 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2264 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2269 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2270 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2271 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2275 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2278 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2279 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2281 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2284 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2286 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2287 right of that line. */
2288 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2289 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2291 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2293 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2295 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2296 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2297 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2298 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2300 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2301 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2303 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2304 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2308 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2309 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2314 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1;
2315 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1;
2317 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2318 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2319 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2321 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2323 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2328 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2331 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2332 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2336 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2338 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2339 right of that line. */
2340 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2341 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2343 x
+= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2345 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2347 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2348 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2349 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2350 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2356 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2357 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2358 trust on the shape extension to be available
2359 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2361 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2365 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2366 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2367 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2368 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2369 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2371 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2372 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2373 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2374 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2378 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2379 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2380 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2382 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2383 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2384 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2385 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2386 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2387 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2388 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2390 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2392 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2393 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2394 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2399 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2400 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2401 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2405 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2406 give the rectangle to draw. */
2409 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2410 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2415 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2416 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2417 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2418 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2421 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2425 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2428 s->x +-------------------------
2431 | +-------------------------
2434 | | +-------------------
2440 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2441 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2443 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2444 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2446 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2449 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2450 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2451 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2452 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2454 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2455 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2457 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2458 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2462 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2463 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2467 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2468 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2469 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2470 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2471 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2473 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2474 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2475 s
->background_width
,
2478 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2480 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2482 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2485 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2486 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2487 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2488 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2489 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2494 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2496 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2497 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2498 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2499 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2507 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2509 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2511 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2512 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2514 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2517 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2520 /* Draw the foreground. */
2523 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2524 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2525 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2526 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2527 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2530 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2532 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2534 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2535 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2536 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2540 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2543 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2544 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2546 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2547 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2549 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2550 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2552 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2553 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2554 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2557 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2559 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2560 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2562 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2563 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2567 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2568 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2570 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2576 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2577 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2579 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2581 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2582 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2583 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2584 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2589 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2590 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2591 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2592 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2596 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2597 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2600 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2604 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2607 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2608 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2610 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2612 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2613 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2614 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2615 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2617 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2618 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2619 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2620 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2623 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2624 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2626 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2627 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2628 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2629 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2630 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2631 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2634 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2635 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2636 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2637 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2641 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2643 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2646 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2650 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2654 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2655 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2657 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2658 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2661 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2662 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2663 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2665 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2666 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2673 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2675 /* Draw underline. */
2676 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2678 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2681 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2682 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2685 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2686 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2687 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2688 specs, and its default is
2690 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2691 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2693 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2694 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2695 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2696 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2697 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2699 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2701 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2702 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2703 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2707 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2708 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2709 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2710 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2711 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2715 /* Draw overline. */
2716 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2718 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2720 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2721 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2726 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2727 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2728 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2730 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2734 /* Draw strike-through. */
2735 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2737 unsigned long h
= 1;
2738 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2740 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2741 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2746 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2747 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2748 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2750 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2754 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2755 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2756 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2759 /* Reset clipping. */
2760 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2763 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2766 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2768 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2770 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2771 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2772 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2776 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2787 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2788 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2791 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2798 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2799 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2803 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2804 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2814 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2816 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2818 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2819 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2820 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2822 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2823 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2825 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2827 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2828 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2829 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2831 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2834 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2842 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2844 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2845 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2847 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2850 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2851 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2854 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2855 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2857 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2858 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2859 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2861 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2862 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2866 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2868 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2869 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2873 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2875 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2876 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2878 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2880 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2892 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2893 pixels into background pixels. */
2897 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2898 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2899 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2901 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2902 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2906 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2907 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2908 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2909 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2910 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2911 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2912 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2916 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2917 edge it is next to. */
2918 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2920 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2921 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2924 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2925 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2932 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2934 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2935 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2937 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2939 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2940 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2941 width
, flash_height
);
2942 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2944 (height
- flash_height
2945 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2946 width
, flash_height
);
2949 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2950 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2951 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2952 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2957 struct timeval wakeup
;
2959 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2961 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2962 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2963 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2964 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2966 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2968 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2970 struct timeval current
;
2971 struct timeval timeout
;
2973 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2975 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2976 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2979 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2981 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2983 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2984 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2988 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2989 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2991 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2993 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2994 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2995 width
, flash_height
);
2996 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2998 (height
- flash_height
2999 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3000 width
, flash_height
);
3003 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3004 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3005 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3006 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3008 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3016 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
3019 /* Make audible bell. */
3024 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3026 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3028 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
3035 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3036 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3043 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3044 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3045 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3046 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3049 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3052 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3057 /***********************************************************************
3059 ***********************************************************************/
3061 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3062 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3065 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3072 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3075 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3079 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3080 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3082 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3083 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3085 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3087 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3088 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3089 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3093 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3094 line at the bottom. */
3095 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3096 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3098 height
= run
->height
;
3102 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3104 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3105 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3107 height
= run
->height
;
3112 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3116 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3117 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3118 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3128 /***********************************************************************
3130 ***********************************************************************/
3137 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3138 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3139 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3140 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3142 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3143 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3145 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3149 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3152 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3153 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3154 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3155 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3157 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3158 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3160 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3163 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3164 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3165 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3166 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3167 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3170 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3171 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3172 struct frame
*frame
;
3174 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3176 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3178 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3179 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3180 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3182 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3183 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3186 selected_frame
= frame
;
3187 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3189 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3190 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3193 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3194 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3196 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3199 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3202 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3203 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3204 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3207 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3210 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3211 struct frame
*frame
;
3212 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3214 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3216 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3218 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3219 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3221 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3222 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3223 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3224 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3225 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3227 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3228 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3232 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3235 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3236 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3239 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3241 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3243 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3245 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3246 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3250 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3251 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3256 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3257 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3259 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3262 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3263 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3265 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3267 struct frame
*frame
;
3270 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3274 switch (event
->type
)
3279 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3281 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3283 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3284 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3285 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3286 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3288 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3294 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3295 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3296 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3297 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3303 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3306 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3307 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3309 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3312 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3313 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3314 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3316 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3317 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3318 the appropriate X display info. */
3321 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3322 struct frame
*frame
;
3324 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3328 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3329 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3331 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3333 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3335 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3336 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3337 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3338 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3339 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3341 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3342 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3346 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3348 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3351 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3352 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3353 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3359 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3361 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3363 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3364 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3366 int min_code
, max_code
;
3369 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3371 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3372 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3373 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3374 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3375 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3378 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3380 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3381 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3384 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3385 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3387 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3389 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3390 Alt keysyms are on. */
3392 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3394 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3395 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3398 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3400 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3404 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3408 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3410 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3416 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3421 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3426 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3431 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3435 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3436 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
3437 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3445 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3446 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3448 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3449 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3452 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3453 make them just meta, not alt. */
3454 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3456 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3459 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3460 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3463 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3467 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3471 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3472 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3473 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3474 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3477 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3478 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3479 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3480 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3481 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3482 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3483 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3484 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3487 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3488 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3489 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3490 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3491 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3492 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3496 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3497 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3500 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3501 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3502 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3503 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3507 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3508 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3509 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3510 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3511 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3512 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3513 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3514 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3517 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3518 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3519 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3520 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3521 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3522 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3525 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3528 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3534 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3542 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3544 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3546 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3550 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3551 struct input_event
*result
;
3552 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3555 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3557 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3558 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3559 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3560 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3562 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3566 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3567 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3568 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3574 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3575 The input handler calls this.
3577 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3578 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3579 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3580 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3582 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3583 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3586 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3588 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3590 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3591 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3592 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3594 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3596 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3597 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3598 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3601 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3602 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3603 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3604 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3605 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3607 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3608 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3609 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3614 /************************************************************************
3616 ************************************************************************/
3619 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3621 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3622 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3623 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3624 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3625 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3629 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3632 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3633 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3634 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3638 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3645 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3647 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3651 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3652 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3653 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3655 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3659 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3660 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3662 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3663 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3666 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3667 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3668 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3669 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3680 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3681 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3683 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3684 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3685 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3686 position on the scroll bar.
3688 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3689 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3692 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3693 was at this position.
3695 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3697 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3701 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3704 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3705 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3707 unsigned long *time
;
3713 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3714 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3720 Window dummy_window
;
3723 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3725 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3726 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3727 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3728 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3730 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3732 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3733 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3734 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3736 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3739 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3740 a different screen. */
3743 /* The position on that root window. */
3746 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3749 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3751 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3753 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3754 containing the pointer. */
3758 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3763 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3764 structure is changing at the same time this function
3765 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3767 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3769 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3770 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3772 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3773 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3774 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3776 /* From-window, to-window. */
3777 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3779 /* From-position, to-position. */
3780 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3784 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3790 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3792 /* From-window, to-window. */
3795 /* From-position, to-position. */
3796 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3801 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3809 /* Now we know that:
3810 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3811 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3812 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3813 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3814 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3815 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3816 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3817 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3818 never use them in that case.) */
3820 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3821 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3823 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3824 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3827 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3828 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3830 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3833 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3836 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3838 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3841 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3843 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3847 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3853 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3854 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3858 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3859 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3860 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3861 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3862 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3863 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3864 the frame are divided into. */
3866 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3869 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3870 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3873 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3874 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3878 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3879 round down even for negative values. */
3884 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3885 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3887 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3888 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3889 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3890 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3896 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3897 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3898 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3908 /***********************************************************************
3910 ***********************************************************************/
3912 /* Scroll bar support. */
3914 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3916 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3919 static struct scroll_bar
*
3920 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3927 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3928 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3930 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3931 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3934 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3936 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3937 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3938 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3941 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3943 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3944 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3945 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3946 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3947 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3950 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3951 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3952 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3953 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3960 #if defined USE_LUCID
3962 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3963 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3966 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3971 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3972 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3975 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3976 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3978 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3985 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3988 /************************************************************************
3990 ************************************************************************/
3992 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3994 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3995 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3996 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3997 struct scroll_bar
*));
3998 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
4002 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4003 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4005 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4007 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4009 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4011 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4012 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4015 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4017 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4019 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4021 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4022 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4023 to avoid jerkyness. */
4025 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4027 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
4029 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4030 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4031 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4032 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4035 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4038 XtPointer client_data
;
4042 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4048 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4049 end_action
= "Release";
4050 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4051 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4052 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4053 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4056 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4057 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4061 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4062 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4063 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4065 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4067 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4068 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4069 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4071 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4072 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4074 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4075 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4078 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4080 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4081 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4083 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4084 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4087 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4088 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4089 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4090 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4093 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4095 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4098 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4099 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4100 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4105 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4106 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4107 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4108 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4109 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4112 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4113 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4114 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4115 into that array in the event. */
4116 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4117 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4120 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4122 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4123 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4124 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4126 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4128 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4129 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4132 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4133 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4134 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4135 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4136 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4137 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4139 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4140 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4142 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4143 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4144 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4145 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4150 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4154 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4156 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4158 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4163 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4164 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4166 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4167 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4169 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4170 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4173 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4175 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4177 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4178 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4179 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4180 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4181 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4187 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4189 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4192 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4193 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4194 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4197 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4199 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4201 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4202 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4203 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4207 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4208 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4209 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4212 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4213 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4214 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4217 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4218 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4219 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4222 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4223 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4224 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4228 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4229 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4232 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4233 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4234 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4241 /* Get the slider size. */
4243 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4246 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4247 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4248 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4249 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4253 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4259 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4260 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4261 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4266 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4268 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4269 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4272 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4276 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4282 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4283 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4285 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4287 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4289 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4292 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4294 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4300 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4302 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4304 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4305 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4307 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4309 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4310 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4312 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4314 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4315 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4317 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4319 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4320 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4324 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4325 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4326 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4327 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4332 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4333 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4334 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4338 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4340 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4341 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4342 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4346 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4348 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4350 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4351 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4353 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4356 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4358 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4362 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4364 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4365 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4366 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4367 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4368 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4370 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4372 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4374 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4375 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4376 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4377 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4381 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4382 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4383 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4384 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4385 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4386 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4387 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4390 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4392 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4394 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4395 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4396 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4400 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4402 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4405 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4406 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4408 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4409 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4410 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4411 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4413 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4415 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4416 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4417 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4418 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4421 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4422 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4424 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4426 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4427 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4431 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4433 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4435 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4438 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4443 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4446 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4448 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4454 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4455 unsigned long pixel
;
4460 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4461 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4462 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4463 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4464 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4465 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4466 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4467 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4469 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4472 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4476 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4479 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4483 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4484 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4486 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4487 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4489 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4491 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4493 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4495 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4497 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4499 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4502 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4503 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4505 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4506 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4507 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4508 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4510 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4512 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4513 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4514 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4515 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4516 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4517 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4518 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4519 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4521 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4524 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4528 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4531 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4535 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4537 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4538 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4540 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4541 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4542 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4544 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4546 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4548 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4549 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4550 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4552 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4555 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4556 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4557 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4558 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4559 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4561 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4565 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4566 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4567 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4569 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4571 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4574 /* Specify the colors. */
4575 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4578 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4581 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4584 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4589 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4590 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4594 char *val
= initial
;
4595 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4596 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4598 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4599 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4600 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4601 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4605 /* Define callbacks. */
4606 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4607 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4610 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4611 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4613 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4615 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4616 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4617 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4618 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4620 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4621 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4622 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4623 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4627 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4630 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4631 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4635 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4636 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4637 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4639 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4642 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4644 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4645 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4646 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4648 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4649 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4656 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4657 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4658 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4659 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4660 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4661 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4662 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4663 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4664 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4665 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4666 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4667 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4668 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4669 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4676 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4677 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4680 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4684 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4685 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4687 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4688 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4689 size
= max (size
, 1);
4691 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4692 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4693 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4695 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4697 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4703 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4704 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4708 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4710 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4711 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4712 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4716 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4717 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4718 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4721 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4722 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4724 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4725 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4726 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4727 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4729 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4730 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4734 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4735 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4737 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4738 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4740 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4741 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4742 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4743 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4744 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4747 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4748 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4749 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4751 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4754 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4755 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4760 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4764 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4766 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4770 /************************************************************************
4771 Scroll bars, general
4772 ************************************************************************/
4774 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4775 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4776 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4779 static struct scroll_bar
*
4780 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4782 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4784 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4785 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4786 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4790 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4791 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4792 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4794 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4798 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4799 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4800 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4802 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4803 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4805 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4807 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4809 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4810 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4811 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4812 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4813 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4815 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4817 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4818 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4819 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4821 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4823 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4830 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4832 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4834 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4835 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4836 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4837 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4838 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4839 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4840 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4841 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4843 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4844 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4846 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4847 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4848 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4850 /* Map the window/widget. */
4851 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4854 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4855 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4857 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4858 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4862 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4863 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4864 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4865 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4866 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4868 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4869 max (height
, 1), 0);
4870 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4871 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4873 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4874 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4875 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4882 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4884 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4885 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4886 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4889 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4890 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4891 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4892 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4893 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4895 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4898 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4899 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4903 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4904 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4905 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4906 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4908 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4910 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4911 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4917 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4918 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4919 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4921 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4922 the distance between start and end. */
4924 int length
= end
- start
;
4928 else if (start
> top_range
)
4930 end
= start
+ length
;
4934 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4938 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4939 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4940 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4942 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4943 if (end
> top_range
)
4946 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4947 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4948 that many pixels tall. */
4949 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4951 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4952 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4954 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4955 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4956 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4957 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4958 inside_width
, start
,
4961 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4962 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4963 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4964 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4966 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4967 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4968 /* x, y, width, height */
4969 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4970 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4971 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4973 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4974 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4975 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4976 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4978 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4979 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4980 if (end
< inside_height
)
4981 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4982 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4983 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4984 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4985 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4993 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4995 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4999 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
5000 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5002 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5005 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5007 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5008 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5009 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5010 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5012 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
5015 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5016 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5022 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5023 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5024 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5028 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
5030 int portion
, whole
, position
;
5032 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5033 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5034 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5035 int window_y
, window_height
;
5037 /* Get window dimensions. */
5038 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5040 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5041 height
= window_height
;
5043 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5044 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5046 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5047 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5048 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5049 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5053 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5054 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5055 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5056 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5058 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5060 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5061 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5066 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5067 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5069 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5072 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5073 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5077 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5081 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5082 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5084 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5088 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5090 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5092 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5094 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5097 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5101 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5102 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5104 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5105 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5109 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5111 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5112 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5113 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5114 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5115 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5116 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5118 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5119 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5121 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5122 max (height
, 1), 0);
5124 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5125 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5127 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5128 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5129 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5131 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5132 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5134 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5135 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5136 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5140 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5141 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5142 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5145 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5146 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5147 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5149 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5150 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5151 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5152 rest
, height
, False
);
5154 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5155 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5159 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5164 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5166 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5168 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5172 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5174 /* Remember new settings. */
5175 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5176 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5177 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5178 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5183 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5184 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5185 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5186 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5188 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5190 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5193 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5196 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5197 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5198 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5201 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5203 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5207 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5208 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5209 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5210 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5211 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5212 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5213 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5215 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5216 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5217 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5220 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5223 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5224 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5227 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5228 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5229 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5230 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5231 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5232 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5233 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5238 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5239 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5242 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5243 struct window
*window
;
5245 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5248 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5249 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5252 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5254 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5255 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5256 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5258 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5260 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5261 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5263 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5264 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5265 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5267 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5268 one or the other! */
5272 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5274 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5275 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5277 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5279 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5280 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5281 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5284 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5285 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5288 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5291 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5293 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5295 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5296 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5297 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5299 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5301 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5303 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5306 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5309 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5310 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5314 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5315 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5316 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5318 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5322 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5323 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5326 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5327 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5328 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5329 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5333 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5335 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5336 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5338 /* x, y, width, height */
5340 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5341 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5346 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5348 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5349 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5351 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5356 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5357 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5359 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5361 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5364 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5365 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5366 emacs_event
->modifiers
5367 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5368 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5369 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5370 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5373 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5374 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5375 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5378 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5380 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5383 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5384 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5387 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5389 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5390 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5391 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5392 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5394 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5396 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5397 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5398 whether or not we're dragging. */
5400 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5402 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5403 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5404 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5407 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5408 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5409 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5410 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5412 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5413 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5415 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5416 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5420 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5422 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5424 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5425 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5427 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5429 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5432 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5436 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5438 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5440 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5444 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5445 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5448 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5450 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5453 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5455 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5456 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5458 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5459 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5461 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5463 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5465 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5470 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5472 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5473 on the scroll bar. */
5476 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5478 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5479 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5481 unsigned long *time
;
5483 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5484 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5485 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5487 Window dummy_window
;
5489 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5493 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5495 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5497 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5498 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5499 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5501 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5504 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5511 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5514 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5516 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5518 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5519 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5523 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5527 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5529 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5530 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5531 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5532 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5533 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5534 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5536 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5538 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5539 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5542 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5545 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5551 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5552 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5553 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5557 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5560 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5563 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5564 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5565 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5566 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5567 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5568 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5569 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5570 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5572 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5576 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5578 struct selection_event_queue
5581 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5584 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5586 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5588 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5590 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5593 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5597 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5598 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5600 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5602 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5603 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5608 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5609 so that they get processed afresh. */
5612 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5615 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5617 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5618 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5619 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5620 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5624 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5627 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5630 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5633 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5636 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5639 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5640 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5643 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5646 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5647 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5648 sometimes don't work. */
5650 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5653 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5654 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5655 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5656 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5658 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5659 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5661 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5663 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5664 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5666 static int temp_index
;
5667 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5669 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5670 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5672 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5674 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5675 on a particular display. */
5677 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5679 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5680 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5681 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5682 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5684 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5686 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5689 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5690 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5691 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5692 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5693 inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5694 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); \
5698 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5699 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5709 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5710 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5711 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5713 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5715 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5719 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5720 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5723 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5724 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5725 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5728 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5729 event
->xclient
.window
);
5731 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5736 static int current_count
;
5737 static int current_finish
;
5738 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5740 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5741 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5742 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5743 static GdkFilterReturn
5744 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5749 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5751 if (current_count
>= 0)
5753 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5755 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5758 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5759 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5760 so we do it here. */
5761 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5762 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5763 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5767 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5771 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5776 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5778 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5779 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5781 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5783 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5786 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5788 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5789 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5790 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5792 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5795 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5796 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5799 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5801 struct input_event inev
;
5806 struct coding_system coding
;
5807 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5809 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5812 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5819 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5820 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5821 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5823 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5824 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5826 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5827 could be the shell widget window
5828 if the frame has no title bar. */
5829 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5831 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5832 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5833 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5835 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5836 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5837 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5838 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5839 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5842 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5843 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5844 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5845 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5848 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5849 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5850 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5853 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5854 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5855 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5856 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5857 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5858 /* The ICCCM says this is
5859 the only valid choice. */
5861 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5862 /* This is needed to detect the error
5863 if there is an error. */
5865 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5867 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5872 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5873 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5875 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5876 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5877 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5878 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5879 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5880 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5881 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5882 session manager and one for this. */
5884 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5887 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5888 event
.xclient
.window
);
5889 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5890 for a single Emacs process. */
5891 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5892 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5893 event
.xclient
.window
,
5894 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5896 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5897 event
.xclient
.window
,
5903 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5904 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5906 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5907 event
.xclient
.window
);
5909 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5911 inev
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5912 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5919 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5920 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5925 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5926 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5929 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5931 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5932 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5936 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5943 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5944 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5946 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5947 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5951 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5953 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5954 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5955 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5956 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5958 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5959 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5960 currently never do because we are interested in
5961 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5962 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5963 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5964 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5965 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5969 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5970 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5971 we construct an input_event. */
5972 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5973 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5975 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
);
5976 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5979 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5981 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5986 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
))
5987 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5991 case SelectionNotify
:
5992 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5993 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5995 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5996 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5999 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6000 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6001 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6003 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6005 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
6007 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6008 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
6009 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
6010 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
6011 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6015 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6016 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6017 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6019 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6020 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
6021 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
6025 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
6026 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
6028 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6029 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
6030 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6031 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
6032 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
) = eventp
->target
;
6033 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
) = eventp
->property
;
6034 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
6035 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6039 case PropertyNotify
:
6040 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6041 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6042 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6043 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6044 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6048 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6051 case ReparentNotify
:
6052 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6056 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6057 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6061 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6062 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6067 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6070 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6072 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6074 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6075 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6076 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6077 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6081 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6082 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6086 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6087 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6089 #if defined USE_LUCID
6090 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6091 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6092 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6095 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6097 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6099 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6101 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6102 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6104 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6105 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6106 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6109 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6110 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6113 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6114 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6118 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6119 source area was obscured or not
6121 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6125 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6126 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6127 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6129 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6132 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6135 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6136 source area was completely
6141 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6142 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6145 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6148 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6149 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6150 the frame was deleted. */
6152 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6153 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6154 display that won't ever be seen. */
6155 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6156 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6157 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6158 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6159 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6160 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6161 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6162 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6164 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6166 inev
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6167 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6173 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6174 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6175 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6178 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6179 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6180 frame is visible. */
6181 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6184 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
6185 the frame's display structures.
6186 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6187 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6188 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6189 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6190 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6191 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6193 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6194 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6195 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6199 inev
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6200 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6202 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6203 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6204 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6205 to update the frame titles
6206 in case this is the second frame. */
6207 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6213 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6215 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6216 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6217 if (popup_activated ())
6221 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6223 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6225 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6226 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6229 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6232 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6233 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6234 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6236 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6238 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6239 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6242 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6246 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6247 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6248 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6251 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6252 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6253 status_return even if the input is too long to
6254 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6255 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6256 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6257 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6258 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6259 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6260 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6262 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6266 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6267 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6268 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6270 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6274 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6275 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6276 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6278 /* This will have to go some day... */
6280 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6281 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6282 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6283 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6284 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6285 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6286 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6288 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6289 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6290 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6291 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6292 not it is combined with Meta. */
6293 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6294 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6299 Status status_return
;
6301 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6302 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6303 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6304 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6306 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6308 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6309 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6310 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6311 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6312 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6315 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6316 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6317 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6318 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6319 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6320 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6321 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6322 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6324 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6326 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6327 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6328 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6331 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6337 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6339 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6344 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6345 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6349 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6350 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6353 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6354 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6358 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6359 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6360 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6363 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6365 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6366 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6368 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6369 inev
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6371 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6372 translations to characters. */
6373 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6374 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6376 inev
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6381 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6382 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6383 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6387 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6388 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6389 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6390 inev
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6394 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6395 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6396 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6397 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6398 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6399 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6401 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6402 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6404 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6405 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6406 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6407 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6408 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6409 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6411 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6412 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6414 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6415 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6417 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6418 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6420 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6421 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6423 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6424 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6426 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6427 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6429 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6430 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6432 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6433 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6435 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6436 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6438 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6439 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6441 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6442 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6444 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6445 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6447 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6448 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6450 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6451 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6452 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6453 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6454 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6455 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6457 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6458 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6461 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6463 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6464 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6465 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6466 don't have real modifiers but
6467 should be treated similarly to
6468 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6469 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6470 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6472 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6473 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6477 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6478 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6480 inev
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6485 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6490 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6492 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6494 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6497 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6499 /* Decode the input data. */
6503 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6504 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6505 we used just above and the locale. */
6506 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6507 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6508 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6509 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6510 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6511 gives us composition information. */
6512 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6514 require
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6515 coding
.destination
= alloca (require
);
6516 coding
.dst_bytes
= require
;
6517 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6518 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6519 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6520 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6521 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6524 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6525 character events. */
6526 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6528 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6529 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6531 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6533 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6534 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6535 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6537 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6540 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6541 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6544 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6546 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6552 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6553 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6562 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6563 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6571 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6573 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6575 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6576 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6579 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6581 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6582 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6584 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6586 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6587 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6590 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6591 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6594 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6595 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6596 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6597 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6601 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6605 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6607 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6610 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6612 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6613 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6614 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6615 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6618 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6619 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6620 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6621 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6622 if (any_help_event_p
)
6628 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6633 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6634 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6637 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6638 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6639 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6641 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6643 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6645 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6646 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6652 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6653 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6657 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6658 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6661 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6662 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6663 will be selected iff it is active. */
6664 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6665 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6666 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6668 inev
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6669 inev
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6674 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6678 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6679 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6680 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6681 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6684 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6685 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6687 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6688 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6689 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6692 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6693 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6694 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6695 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6700 case ConfigureNotify
:
6701 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6704 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6706 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6707 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6708 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6709 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6710 do this one, the right one will come later.
6711 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6712 need to reset it below. */
6714 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6715 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6716 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6717 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6722 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6723 is called by the code that handles resizing
6724 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6726 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6727 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6728 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6729 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6730 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6731 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6732 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6734 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6735 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6736 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6738 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6741 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6742 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6745 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6746 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6747 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6748 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6751 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6752 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6753 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6755 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6756 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6757 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6761 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6762 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6765 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6767 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6768 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6769 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6770 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6778 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6779 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6782 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6784 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6786 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6787 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6789 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6793 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6794 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6795 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6798 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6799 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6801 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6802 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6804 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6805 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6807 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6808 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6809 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6815 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6816 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6818 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6819 if (! popup_activated ())
6822 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6824 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6825 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6827 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6828 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6830 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6831 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6834 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6840 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6841 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6842 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6844 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6845 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6847 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6849 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6850 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6852 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6854 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6855 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6858 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6860 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6861 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6862 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6863 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6864 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6870 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6873 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6875 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6876 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6877 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6878 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6879 Instead, save it away
6880 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6881 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6884 ! popup_activated ()
6887 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6888 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6889 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6890 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6891 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6892 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6893 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6894 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6896 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6897 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6899 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6902 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6904 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6908 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6909 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6910 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6912 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6914 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6915 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6916 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6921 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6924 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6928 case CirculateNotify
:
6931 case CirculateRequest
:
6934 case VisibilityNotify
:
6938 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6940 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6942 case MappingModifier
:
6943 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6944 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6945 case MappingKeyboard
:
6946 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6952 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6954 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6955 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6957 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6962 if (inev
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6964 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6969 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6974 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6980 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6981 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6982 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6986 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6987 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6997 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6998 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6999 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7001 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7003 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
7007 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7008 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7010 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7013 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7019 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7020 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
7021 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7023 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7024 thus pretending to be `read'.
7026 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
7029 XTread_socket (sd
, expected
, hold_quit
)
7032 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
7036 int event_found
= 0;
7037 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7039 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
7041 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
7045 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
7048 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7049 input_signal_count
++;
7053 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
7054 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
7055 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
7057 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
7059 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
7060 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
7061 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7062 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7063 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7064 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7067 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7068 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7069 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7070 for X connections. */
7073 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7075 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7076 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7077 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7078 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7080 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7084 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7085 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7087 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7088 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7093 struct input_event inev
;
7095 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7096 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7097 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7099 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7107 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7111 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7114 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7115 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7120 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7122 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7125 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7130 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7131 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7132 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7133 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7135 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7136 from all displays. */
7138 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7140 current_count
= count
;
7141 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7143 gtk_main_iteration ();
7145 count
= current_count
;
7147 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7149 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7152 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7156 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7157 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7160 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7161 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7162 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7164 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7168 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7169 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7171 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7173 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7174 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7178 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7180 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7181 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7183 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7184 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7196 /***********************************************************************
7198 ***********************************************************************/
7200 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7201 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7203 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7204 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7205 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7208 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
)
7210 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7213 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7214 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7215 int window_y
, window_width
;
7217 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7219 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7220 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7221 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7222 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7223 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7225 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7229 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7232 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7234 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7236 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7237 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7238 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7241 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7244 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7245 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7246 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7247 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7250 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7251 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7252 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7254 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7255 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7256 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7257 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7258 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7260 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7262 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7263 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7265 /* Compute the proper height and ascent of the rectangle, based
7266 on the actual glyph. Using the full height of the row looks
7267 bad when there are tall images on that row. */
7268 h
= max (min (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), row
->height
),
7269 cursor_glyph
->ascent
+ cursor_glyph
->descent
);
7270 if (h
< row
->height
)
7271 y
+= row
->ascent
/* - w->phys_cursor_ascent */ + cursor_glyph
->descent
- h
;
7274 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7275 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7276 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7277 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7278 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7280 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7281 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7282 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7284 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7285 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7286 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7287 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7291 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7293 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7294 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7295 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7299 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7301 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7303 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7305 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7306 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7308 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7309 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7311 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7312 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7315 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7316 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7317 the bar might not be in the window. */
7318 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7320 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7321 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7322 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7326 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7327 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7328 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7329 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7330 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7333 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7334 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7335 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7336 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7337 that the glyph is legible. */
7338 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7339 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7341 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7342 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7345 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7348 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7349 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7353 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7354 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7356 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7357 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7359 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7360 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7361 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7362 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7363 width
, row
->height
);
7365 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7366 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7367 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7368 row
->height
- width
),
7369 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7372 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7377 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7380 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7384 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7388 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7391 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7393 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7395 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7396 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7400 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7403 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7405 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7407 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7410 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7414 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7415 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7417 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7418 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7420 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7421 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7424 switch (cursor_type
)
7426 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7427 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7430 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7431 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7435 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7439 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7443 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7451 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7452 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7453 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7458 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7459 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7466 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7469 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7475 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7478 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7479 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7480 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7481 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7486 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7487 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7488 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7490 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7491 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7492 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7496 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7497 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7499 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7500 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7501 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7502 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7505 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7506 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7507 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7508 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7509 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7511 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7514 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7515 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7521 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7522 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7525 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7529 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7535 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7536 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7538 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7539 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7541 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7542 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7543 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7545 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7546 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7547 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7548 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7553 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7555 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7556 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7558 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7560 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7561 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7562 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7565 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7569 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7570 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7571 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7574 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7575 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7578 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7579 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7580 stored in x_error_message_string.
7582 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7583 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7585 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7587 void x_check_errors ();
7588 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7591 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7594 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7596 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7599 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7600 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7601 x_error_message_string
));
7603 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7604 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7609 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7612 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7613 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7617 first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7619 XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
, False
);
7621 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7625 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7626 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7627 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7630 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7634 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7637 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7638 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7641 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7642 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7645 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7648 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7651 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7654 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7657 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7660 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7663 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7664 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7665 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7666 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7669 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7673 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7677 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7680 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7685 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7686 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7687 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7688 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7689 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7692 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7693 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7696 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7697 must reestablish each time */
7698 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7703 /************************************************************************
7705 ************************************************************************/
7707 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7709 static char *error_msg
;
7711 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7712 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7713 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7716 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7718 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7722 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7723 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7726 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7728 char *error_message
;
7730 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7731 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7734 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7735 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7736 handling_signal
= 0;
7738 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7739 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7740 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7741 the original message here. */
7742 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7744 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7745 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7746 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7748 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7749 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7750 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7752 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7753 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7755 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7756 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7757 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7759 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7760 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7761 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7764 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7765 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7766 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7767 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7773 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7776 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7778 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7780 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7781 that are on the dead display. */
7782 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7784 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7786 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7787 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7788 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7789 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7790 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7791 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7794 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7795 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7796 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7797 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7798 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7799 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7801 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7802 trying to find a replacement. */
7803 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7804 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7808 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7810 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7812 if (x_display_list
== 0)
7814 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7815 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7819 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7821 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7823 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7824 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7826 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7827 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7831 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7832 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7833 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7836 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7840 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7842 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7843 original error handler. */
7845 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7846 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7847 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7848 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7852 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7853 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7856 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7860 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7861 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7863 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7867 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7868 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7869 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7872 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7877 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7878 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7882 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7884 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7885 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7886 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7887 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7890 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7892 register char *fontname
;
7894 struct font_info
*fontp
7895 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, fontname
);
7900 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
))
7901 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7903 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7905 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7906 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7907 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7909 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7910 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7912 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7914 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7915 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7917 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7918 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7919 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7923 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7924 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7927 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7928 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7930 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7931 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7932 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7933 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7934 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7935 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7937 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7938 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7939 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7940 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7941 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7944 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7947 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default fontset,
7948 and return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a
7949 wildcard pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits
7950 the pattern. FONTSETNAME may be a font name for ASCII characters;
7951 in that case, we create a fontset from that font name.
7953 The return value shows which fontset we chose.
7954 If FONTSETNAME specifies the default fontset, return Qt.
7955 If an ASCII font in the specified fontset can't be loaded, return
7959 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7961 Lisp_Object fontsetname
;
7963 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (fontsetname
, 0);
7966 if (fontset
> 0 && f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
7967 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7969 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7970 else if (fontset
== 0)
7971 /* The default fontset can't be the default font. */
7975 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7977 result
= x_new_font (f
, SDATA (fontsetname
));
7979 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7980 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7984 fontset
= new_fontset_from_font_name (result
);
7986 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7987 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7991 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7992 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7995 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7999 /***********************************************************************
8001 ***********************************************************************/
8007 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
8008 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
8009 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
8012 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
8014 XPointer client_data
;
8017 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
8018 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8022 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8023 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8025 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8026 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8028 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8029 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
8031 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
8032 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
8037 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8038 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8039 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8043 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8046 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8047 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
8050 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8051 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8054 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8055 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8056 char *resource_name
;
8063 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8070 XIMCallback destroy
;
8073 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8074 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8077 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8078 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8079 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8085 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8086 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8090 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8094 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8095 char *resource_name
;
8098 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8099 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8100 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8101 when the callback was registered. */
8104 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8106 XPointer client_data
;
8109 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8110 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8112 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8116 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8118 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8119 as they have no XIC. */
8120 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8122 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8125 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8127 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8129 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8130 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8132 create_frame_xic (f
);
8133 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8134 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8135 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8137 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8138 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8147 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8150 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8151 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8152 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8153 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8156 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8157 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8158 char *resource_name
;
8163 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8164 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8167 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8168 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8169 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8170 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8171 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8172 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8173 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8174 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8175 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8176 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8177 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8178 least, hence the configure test. */
8179 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8180 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8181 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8182 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8183 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8187 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8188 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8192 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8195 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8196 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8201 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8202 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8203 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8205 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8206 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8207 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8208 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8209 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8210 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8212 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8215 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8219 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8220 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8223 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8227 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8228 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8230 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8231 is already for the top-left corner. */
8232 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8235 /* Find the offsets of the outside upper-left corner of
8236 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8237 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8238 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8239 /* This is to get *_pixels_outer_diff. */
8240 x_real_positions (f
, &win_x
, &win_y
);
8242 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8243 position that fits on the screen. */
8244 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8245 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8246 - 2 * FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8247 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8251 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8253 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8254 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8255 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8257 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8258 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8259 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8260 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8263 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8264 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8266 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8269 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8270 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8271 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->y_pixels_outer_diff
8273 /* Assume the window manager decorations are the same size on
8274 three sides, i.e. left, right and bottom. This is to
8275 compensate for the bottom part. */
8276 - FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->x_pixels_outer_diff
8281 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8282 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8283 so the flags should correspond. */
8284 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8287 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8288 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8289 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8290 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8291 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8294 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8296 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8299 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8301 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8305 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8307 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8309 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8310 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8312 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8315 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8317 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8318 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8320 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8322 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8323 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8324 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8325 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8326 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8329 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8330 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8332 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8333 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8335 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8336 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8337 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8343 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8344 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8346 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8349 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8351 int width
, height
, ign
;
8353 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8355 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8357 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8358 when setting WM manager hints.
8359 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8360 x_check_expected_move. */
8361 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8363 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8364 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8365 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8367 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8368 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8373 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8375 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8376 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8377 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8378 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8380 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8383 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8385 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8386 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8388 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8390 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8391 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8392 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8394 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8396 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8397 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8399 /* Just do this once */
8400 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8405 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8406 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8407 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8408 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8411 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8416 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8418 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8419 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8420 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8422 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8423 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8424 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8426 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8428 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8429 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8431 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8432 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8434 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8435 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8436 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8438 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8439 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8440 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8441 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8443 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8444 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8445 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8446 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8447 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8449 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8451 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8452 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8453 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8455 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8456 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8457 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8458 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8459 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8461 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8465 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8466 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8467 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8468 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8471 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8479 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8480 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8482 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8485 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8487 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8488 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8489 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8490 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8491 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8492 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8493 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8494 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8495 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8498 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8500 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8502 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8504 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8506 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8507 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8509 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8510 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8511 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8512 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8513 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8518 /* Mouse warping. */
8521 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8527 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8528 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8530 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8531 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8533 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8534 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8538 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8539 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8543 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8546 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8552 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8553 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8557 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8560 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8563 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8567 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8568 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8569 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8570 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8571 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8580 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8581 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8582 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8583 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8587 /* Raise frame F. */
8593 if (f
->async_visible
)
8596 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8597 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8602 /* Lower frame F. */
8608 if (f
->async_visible
)
8611 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8612 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8618 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8628 /* Change of visibility. */
8630 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8631 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8632 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8633 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8634 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8635 finishes with it. */
8638 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8642 int original_top
, original_left
;
8643 int retry_count
= 2;
8649 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8651 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8653 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8655 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8656 call x_set_offset a second time
8657 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8658 before the window gets really visible. */
8659 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8660 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8661 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8663 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8665 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8666 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8667 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8668 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8669 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8670 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8672 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8673 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8675 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8676 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8677 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8678 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8679 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8680 to come back ok without this. */
8681 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8682 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8686 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8688 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8689 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8690 so that incoming events are handled. */
8694 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8695 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8696 will set it when they are handled. */
8697 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8699 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8700 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8702 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8705 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8707 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8708 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8709 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8710 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8712 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8713 because the window manager may choose the position
8714 and we don't want to override it. */
8716 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8717 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8718 && previously_visible
)
8722 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8726 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8727 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8728 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8729 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8730 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8731 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8732 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8733 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8734 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8736 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8737 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8738 original_left
, original_top
);
8743 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8745 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8746 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8747 MapNotify at all.. */
8748 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8749 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8751 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8754 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8755 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8756 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8757 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8758 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8760 if (input_polling_used ())
8762 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8763 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8764 handler reset it. */
8765 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8766 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8767 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8768 poll_for_input_1 ();
8769 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8772 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8773 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8778 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8782 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8783 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8784 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8785 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8787 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8792 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8794 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8797 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8802 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8803 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8805 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8806 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8807 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8809 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8810 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8816 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8817 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8818 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8819 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8820 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8821 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8824 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8825 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8831 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8832 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8834 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8835 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8837 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8839 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8840 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8844 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8845 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8846 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8847 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8848 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8849 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8851 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8854 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8855 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8859 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8860 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8861 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8864 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8865 just by the event that we get from the server.
8866 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8867 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8868 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8870 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8871 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8872 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8879 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8888 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8889 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8890 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8892 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8897 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8899 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8901 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8904 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8906 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8907 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8909 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8912 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8913 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8919 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8921 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8923 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8924 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8925 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8926 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8927 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8928 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8929 so we have to record it here. */
8932 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8933 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8938 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8939 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8940 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8944 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8946 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8947 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8951 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8953 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8955 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8956 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8957 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8958 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8960 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8961 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8963 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8964 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8968 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8969 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8970 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8971 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8972 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8974 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8975 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8977 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8980 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8981 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8985 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8987 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8989 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8991 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8992 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8995 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8996 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8998 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9000 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9004 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9007 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
9010 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9012 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9016 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9017 commands to the X server. */
9018 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9020 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9021 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9023 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9024 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9025 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9026 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9027 toolkit scroll bars. */
9028 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9030 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9031 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9040 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9041 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9043 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9044 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9046 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9047 we are using a toolkit. */
9048 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9049 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9051 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9052 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9055 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9056 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9057 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9059 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9060 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9061 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9063 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9065 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9066 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9067 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9069 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9070 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9071 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9072 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9073 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9074 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9076 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9077 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9078 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9079 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9080 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9081 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9082 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9083 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9084 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9085 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9086 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9087 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9088 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9089 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9090 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9092 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9093 free_frame_faces (f
);
9096 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9099 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9100 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9102 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9103 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9105 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9106 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9107 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9108 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9109 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9110 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9112 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9114 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9115 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9116 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9117 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9118 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9119 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9120 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9127 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9130 x_destroy_window (f
)
9133 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9135 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9136 commands to the X server. */
9137 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9138 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9140 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9144 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9146 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9147 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9148 that the window now has.
9149 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9150 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9151 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9155 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9160 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9162 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9165 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9168 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9170 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9171 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9173 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9174 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9176 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9177 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9178 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9179 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9180 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9181 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9182 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9183 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9184 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9185 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9187 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9188 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9189 size_hints
.max_width
9190 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9191 size_hints
.max_height
9192 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9194 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9196 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9197 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9198 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9200 int base_width
, base_height
;
9201 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9203 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9204 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9206 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9208 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9209 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9210 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9211 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9212 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9214 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9215 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9216 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9219 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9220 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9221 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9222 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9223 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9225 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9226 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9230 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9233 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9236 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9239 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9240 long supplied_return
;
9244 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9247 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9250 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9251 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9252 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9253 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9254 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9258 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9263 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9264 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9265 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9266 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9267 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9268 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9269 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9270 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9274 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9279 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9280 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9284 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9285 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9287 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9290 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9292 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9295 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9297 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9300 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9304 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9307 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9308 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9309 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9310 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9312 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9313 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9315 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9316 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9320 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9324 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9326 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9327 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9332 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9333 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9334 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9335 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9339 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9340 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9341 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9342 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9343 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9344 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9345 best to explicitly give up. */
9347 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9348 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9354 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9358 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9359 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9360 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9361 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9364 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9366 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9367 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9369 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9373 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9377 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9379 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9380 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9381 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9383 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9387 /***********************************************************************
9389 ***********************************************************************/
9391 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9394 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9398 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9402 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9404 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9407 SIZE < 0 means include auto scaled fonts.
9409 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9410 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9411 on how many fonts to match. */
9414 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9416 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9420 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9421 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9422 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9423 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9424 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9425 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9427 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9431 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9435 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9436 if (NILP (patterns
))
9437 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9439 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9440 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9441 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9443 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9446 char **names
= NULL
;
9448 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9449 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9450 The cache is an alist of the form:
9451 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9452 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9453 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9454 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9455 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9458 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9459 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9463 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9466 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9468 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9471 unsigned long value
;
9473 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9474 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9476 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9477 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9479 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9483 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9485 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9486 int len
= strlen (name
);
9489 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9490 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9491 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9493 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9497 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9498 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9500 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9501 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9506 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9509 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9512 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9514 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9515 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9522 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9523 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9526 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9535 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9538 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9540 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9541 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9543 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9547 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9554 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9555 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9556 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9560 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9562 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9563 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9564 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9565 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9566 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9567 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9572 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9574 else if (dashes
== 9)
9576 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9577 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9580 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9581 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9583 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9584 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9586 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9587 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9588 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9590 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9591 width of this font. */
9592 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9594 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9595 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9600 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9603 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9608 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9609 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9610 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9613 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9615 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9616 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9617 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9623 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9627 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9631 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9633 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9634 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9635 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9638 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9639 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9640 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9641 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9643 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9644 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9646 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9648 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9654 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9656 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9658 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9662 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9663 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9664 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9665 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9668 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9669 if (found_size
== size
)
9670 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9671 else if (found_size
> 0)
9673 if (NILP (second_best
))
9675 else if (found_size
< size
)
9677 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9678 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9683 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9684 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9689 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9691 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9693 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9704 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9708 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9713 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9715 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9717 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9718 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9719 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9722 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9725 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9727 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9728 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9729 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9730 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9731 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9734 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9738 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9739 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9741 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9742 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9743 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9745 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9749 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9750 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9751 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9752 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9753 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9756 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9760 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9762 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9763 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9765 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9766 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9768 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9769 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9771 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9774 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9775 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9776 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9778 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9779 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9782 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9783 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9785 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9786 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9787 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9791 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9792 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9793 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9794 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9797 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9799 register char *fontname
;
9802 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9803 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9806 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9807 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9808 we already have by comparing names. */
9809 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9811 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9816 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9817 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9818 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9819 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9820 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9821 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9822 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9823 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9826 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9830 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9831 unsigned long value
;
9834 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9835 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9836 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9837 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9838 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9839 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9840 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9843 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9844 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9845 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9847 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9848 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9850 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9852 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9857 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9858 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9859 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9862 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9863 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9864 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9867 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9868 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9870 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9873 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9874 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9877 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9879 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9881 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9882 fontp
->charset
= -1; /* fs_load_font sets it. */
9883 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9884 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9886 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9888 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9890 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9894 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9895 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9897 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9908 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9909 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9916 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9918 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9920 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9921 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9923 if (NILP (font_names
))
9925 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9926 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9927 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9928 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9929 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9930 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9933 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9935 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9936 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9938 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9941 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9943 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9945 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9946 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9948 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9952 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9953 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9954 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9955 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9956 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9957 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding_type
9958 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9959 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9960 fontp
->encoding_type
9961 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9963 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9964 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9965 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9966 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9967 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9969 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9970 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9971 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9972 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9973 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9974 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9975 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9976 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9977 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9978 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9979 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9980 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9981 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9983 fontp
->baseline_offset
9984 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9985 ? (long) value
: 0);
9986 fontp
->relative_compose
9987 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9988 ? (long) value
: 0);
9989 fontp
->default_ascent
9990 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9991 ? (long) value
: 0);
9993 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9994 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9995 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9996 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9997 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9998 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
10005 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
10006 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
10009 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
10011 register char *fontname
;
10013 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10016 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10017 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
10018 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
10019 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
10020 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
10025 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
10026 `encoder' of the structure. */
10029 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10030 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10032 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10035 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10039 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10040 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10042 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10049 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10050 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10052 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10055 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10060 /* Return a char-table whose elements are t if the font FONT_INFO
10061 contains a glyph for the corresponding character, and nil if
10065 x_get_font_repertory (f
, font_info
)
10067 struct font_info
*font_info
;
10069 XFontStruct
*font
= (XFontStruct
*) font_info
->font
;
10071 int min_byte1
, max_byte1
, min_byte2
, max_byte2
;
10073 struct charset
*charset
= CHARSET_FROM_ID (font_info
->charset
);
10074 int offset
= CHARSET_OFFSET (charset
);
10076 table
= Fmake_char_table (Qnil
, Qnil
);
10078 min_byte1
= font
->min_byte1
;
10079 max_byte1
= font
->max_byte1
;
10080 min_byte2
= font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
10081 max_byte2
= font
->max_char_or_byte2
;
10082 if (min_byte1
== 0 && max_byte1
== 0)
10084 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10087 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ min_byte2
,
10088 offset
+ max_byte2
, Qt
);
10090 for (; min_byte2
<= max_byte2
; min_byte2
++)
10092 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, min_byte2
);
10093 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10098 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10102 for (i
= min_byte2
; i
<= max_byte2
; i
++, pcm
++)
10104 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10109 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
,
10110 offset
+ i
- 1, Qt
);
10112 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10114 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10115 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10126 char_table_set_range (table
, offset
+ from
, offset
+ i
- 1,
10129 for (; from
< i
; from
++)
10131 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, from
);
10132 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10139 if (! font
->per_char
|| font
->all_chars_exist
== True
)
10144 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10145 char_table_set_range
10146 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | min_byte2
),
10147 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | max_byte2
), Qt
);
10149 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10150 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++)
10152 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | j
;
10153 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10154 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10159 XCharStruct
*pcm
= font
->per_char
;
10162 for (i
= min_byte1
; i
<= max_byte1
; i
++)
10167 for (j
= min_byte2
; j
<= max_byte2
; j
++, pcm
++)
10169 if (pcm
->width
== 0 && pcm
->rbearing
== pcm
->lbearing
)
10174 char_table_set_range
10175 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10176 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10179 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10181 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10182 c
= ENCODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10183 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10195 char_table_set_range
10196 (table
, offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | from
),
10197 offset
+ ((i
<< 8) | (j
- 1)), Qt
);
10200 for (; from
< j
; from
++)
10202 unsigned code
= (i
<< 8) | from
;
10203 c
= DECODE_CHAR (charset
, code
);
10204 CHAR_TABLE_SET (table
, c
, Qt
);
10215 /***********************************************************************
10217 ***********************************************************************/
10219 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10220 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10221 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10222 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10224 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10225 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10226 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10228 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10229 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10230 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10231 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10232 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10233 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10234 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10236 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10238 static int x_initialized
;
10240 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10241 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10242 the screen number from the server number. */
10244 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10245 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10247 int seen_colon
= 0;
10248 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10249 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10250 int length_until_period
= 0;
10252 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10253 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10254 length_until_period
++;
10256 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10257 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10259 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10261 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10262 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10263 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10264 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10265 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10266 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10267 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10268 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10269 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10270 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10271 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10272 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10273 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10274 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10276 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10280 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10284 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10285 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10289 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10290 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10293 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10294 unsigned long mask
;
10301 while (!(mask
& 1))
10317 struct x_display_info
*
10318 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10319 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10321 char *resource_name
;
10325 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10330 if (!x_initialized
)
10338 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10340 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10341 char **argv2
= argv
;
10344 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10346 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10347 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10348 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10349 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10350 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10354 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10358 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10360 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10362 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10363 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10366 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10367 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10370 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10373 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10375 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10379 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10381 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10382 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10384 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10386 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10387 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10388 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10390 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10391 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10392 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10394 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10395 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10400 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10401 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10404 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10405 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10406 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10408 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10409 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10410 So let's not use it until R6. */
10411 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10412 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10423 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10424 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10426 turn_on_atimers (0);
10427 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10428 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10429 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10431 turn_on_atimers (1);
10433 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10434 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10439 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10441 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10443 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10444 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10445 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10447 /* Detect failure. */
10454 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10456 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10457 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10459 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10461 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10464 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10465 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10466 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10467 SDATA (display_name
)))
10470 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10473 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10474 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10475 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10477 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10479 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10480 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10481 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10485 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10486 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10487 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10488 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10489 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10490 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10491 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10493 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10497 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10498 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10499 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10501 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10502 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10503 x_display_name_list
);
10504 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10506 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10509 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10513 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10514 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10516 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10517 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10519 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10520 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10522 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10524 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10525 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10526 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10528 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10529 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10531 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10532 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10533 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10534 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10536 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10538 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10540 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10542 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10543 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10544 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10545 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10546 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10547 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10548 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10549 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10550 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10551 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10552 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10553 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10554 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10555 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10556 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10557 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10558 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10559 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10560 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10561 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10562 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10563 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10564 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10565 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10566 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10567 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10568 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10569 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10570 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10571 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10572 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10573 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10574 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10576 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10577 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10578 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10580 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10582 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10583 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10584 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10585 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10586 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10587 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10590 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10591 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10593 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10596 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10597 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10598 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10600 if (STRINGP (value
)
10601 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10602 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10603 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10607 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10608 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10611 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10612 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10613 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10614 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10615 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10616 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10617 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10620 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10621 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10622 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10623 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10624 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10625 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10626 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10627 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10628 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10629 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10630 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10631 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10632 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10633 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10634 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10635 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10636 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10637 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10638 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10639 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10640 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10641 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10642 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10643 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10644 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10645 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10646 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10647 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10648 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10649 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10650 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10651 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10652 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10653 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10654 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10655 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10656 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10657 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10658 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10659 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10660 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10661 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10662 /* For properties of font. */
10663 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10664 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10665 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10666 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10667 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10668 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10669 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10670 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10672 /* Ghostscript support. */
10673 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10674 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10676 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10679 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10681 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10682 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10687 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10689 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10690 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10691 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10696 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10697 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10699 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10701 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10702 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10706 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10709 #ifdef subprocesses
10710 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10711 if (connection
!= 0)
10712 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10715 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10717 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10718 /* stdin is a socket here */
10719 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10720 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10721 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10722 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10723 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10724 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10727 if (interrupt_input
)
10728 init_sigio (connection
);
10729 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10732 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10733 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10734 so that Xt does not crash. */
10736 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10737 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10741 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10742 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10743 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10744 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10745 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10746 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10747 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10748 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10750 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10751 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10752 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10757 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10758 for debugging X code. */
10761 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10762 build_string ("synchronous"),
10763 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10765 if (STRINGP (value
)
10766 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10767 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10768 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10773 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10774 build_string ("useXIM"),
10775 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10778 if (STRINGP (value
)
10779 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10780 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10783 if (STRINGP (value
)
10784 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10785 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10791 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10792 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10793 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10801 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10802 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10805 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10806 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10810 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10812 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10813 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10814 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10815 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10816 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10821 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10822 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10824 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10826 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10829 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10833 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10834 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10836 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10837 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10840 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10842 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10843 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10844 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10847 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10848 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10849 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10852 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10853 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10854 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10858 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10861 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10862 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10863 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10865 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10866 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10867 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10870 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10871 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10873 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10874 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10875 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10879 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10881 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10882 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10883 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10884 that slows us down. */
10887 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10888 struct atimer
*timer
;
10890 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10893 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10894 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10899 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10902 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10904 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10906 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10908 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10912 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10914 x_after_update_window_line
,
10915 x_update_window_begin
,
10916 x_update_window_end
,
10922 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10924 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10925 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10926 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10927 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10928 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10929 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10932 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10933 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10934 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10935 x_clear_frame_area
,
10936 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10937 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10938 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10944 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10946 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10947 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10948 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10949 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10950 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10951 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10952 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10953 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10954 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10955 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10956 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10957 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10958 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10959 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10960 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10961 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10962 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10963 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10965 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
10966 char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10967 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
10968 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
10969 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
10974 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10975 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10976 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10979 current_count
= -1;
10982 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10983 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10985 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10986 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10988 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10990 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10991 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10992 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10993 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10994 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10995 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10996 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10998 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
11000 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
11001 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
11002 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
11003 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
11004 widgets don't behave normally. */
11006 EMACS_TIME interval
;
11007 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
11008 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
11012 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11014 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
11015 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
11019 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
11020 original error handler. */
11021 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11022 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11024 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
11026 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
11027 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
11029 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
11036 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
11037 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
11039 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
11040 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
11042 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
11043 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
11045 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
11046 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11048 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
11049 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
11051 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
11052 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
11054 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11055 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
11056 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11057 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11058 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11059 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11060 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
11062 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
11063 &x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
11064 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
11065 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
11066 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
11067 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
11068 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
11069 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
11070 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
11072 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
11073 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
11074 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
11075 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
11076 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
11078 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
11079 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
11080 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
11082 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
11084 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
11087 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
11090 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
11091 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
11093 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
11094 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
11095 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
11096 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
11097 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
11098 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
11099 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
11100 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
11101 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
11103 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
11104 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
11105 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11106 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
11107 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
11108 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
11110 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
11111 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
11112 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11113 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
11114 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
11115 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
11117 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
11118 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
11119 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11120 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
11121 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
11122 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
11124 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
11125 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
11126 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
11127 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
11128 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
11129 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
11131 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
11132 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
11133 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
11134 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
11135 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
11139 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
11141 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
11142 (do not change this comment) */